1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
73 /* readline defines this. */
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
79 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
80 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
81 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
111 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
113 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
114 struct symtab_and_line,
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
119 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
123 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
124 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
125 struct obj_section *, int);
127 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
129 struct address_space *aspace2,
132 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
133 struct bp_location *loc2);
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
136 struct address_space *aspace,
139 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
141 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
143 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
144 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
146 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
148 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
150 static void commands_command (char *, int);
152 static void condition_command (char *, int);
161 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
162 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
164 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
166 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
168 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
170 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
176 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
178 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
191 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
195 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
201 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
202 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
204 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
212 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
214 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
216 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
218 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
220 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
226 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
230 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
231 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
232 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
233 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
235 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
236 breakpoints share a single command list. */
237 struct counted_command_line
239 /* The reference count. */
242 /* The command list. */
243 struct command_line *commands;
246 struct command_line *
247 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
249 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
252 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
253 current breakpoint. */
255 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
258 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
260 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
261 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
263 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
265 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
268 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
269 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
270 if such is available. */
271 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
274 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
275 struct cmd_list_element *c,
278 fprintf_filtered (file,
279 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
280 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
284 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
285 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
286 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
287 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
288 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
290 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
291 struct cmd_list_element *c,
294 fprintf_filtered (file,
295 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
296 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
303 use hardware breakpoints. */
304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
307 struct cmd_list_element *c,
310 fprintf_filtered (file,
311 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
321 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
322 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
323 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
324 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
325 always_inserted_auto,
330 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
333 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
335 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
336 fprintf_filtered (file,
337 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
338 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
342 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
347 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
349 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
350 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
353 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
355 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
356 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
358 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
359 static int overlay_events_enabled;
361 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
362 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
364 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
366 current breakpoint. */
368 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
370 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
371 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
372 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
375 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
376 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
377 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
379 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
380 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
381 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
384 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
386 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
387 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
388 if (is_tracepoint (B))
390 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
392 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
394 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
396 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
398 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
400 static unsigned bp_location_count;
402 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
403 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
404 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
405 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
406 an address you need to read. */
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
410 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
411 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
412 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
413 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
414 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
416 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
418 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
419 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
421 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
423 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
425 static int breakpoint_count;
427 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
428 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
429 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
430 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
431 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
433 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
435 static int tracepoint_count;
437 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
438 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
439 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
441 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
443 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
445 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
448 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
451 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
453 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
454 breakpoint_count = num;
455 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
458 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
459 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
460 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
462 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
466 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
468 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
471 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
475 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
477 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
480 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
483 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
485 struct breakpoint *b;
491 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
492 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
494 static struct counted_command_line *
495 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
497 struct counted_command_line *result
498 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
501 result->commands = commands;
505 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
508 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
514 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
515 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
516 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
519 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
523 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
525 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
532 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
535 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
537 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
540 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
543 static struct cleanup *
544 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
546 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
549 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
550 for "break" command with no arg.
551 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
552 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
554 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
556 int default_breakpoint_valid;
557 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
558 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
559 int default_breakpoint_line;
560 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
563 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
564 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
567 get_breakpoint (int num)
569 struct breakpoint *b;
572 if (b->number == num)
581 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
584 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
586 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
591 xfree (b->cond_string);
592 b->cond_string = NULL;
599 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
605 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
606 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
607 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
608 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
610 if (is_watchpoint (b))
612 innermost_block = NULL;
614 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
616 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
617 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
621 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
625 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
627 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
631 breakpoints_changed ();
632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
635 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
638 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
640 struct breakpoint *b;
645 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
648 bnum = get_number (&p);
650 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
653 if (b->number == bnum)
655 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
656 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
657 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
658 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
660 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
661 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
662 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
663 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
670 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
671 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
672 Throw if any such commands is found. */
675 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
677 struct command_line *c;
679 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
683 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
684 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
685 "only be used for tracepoints"));
687 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
688 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
690 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
691 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
693 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
694 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
696 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
697 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
701 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
704 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
706 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint
707 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
708 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
711 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
712 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
716 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
717 struct command_line *commands)
719 if (is_tracepoint (b))
721 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
722 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
723 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
724 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
725 struct command_line *c;
726 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
727 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
729 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
731 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
732 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
733 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
734 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
739 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
740 "can be used only once"));
747 struct command_line *c2;
749 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
750 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
751 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
753 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
754 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
760 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
764 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
765 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
768 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
770 struct breakpoint *b;
771 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
772 struct bp_location *loc;
775 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
777 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
778 if (loc->address == addr)
779 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
785 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
786 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
789 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
790 struct command_line *commands)
792 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
794 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
795 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
796 breakpoints_changed ();
797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
800 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
801 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
805 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
807 int old_silent = b->silent;
810 if (old_silent != silent)
811 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
814 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
815 breakpoint work for any thread. */
818 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
820 int old_thread = b->thread;
823 if (old_thread != thread)
824 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
827 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
828 breakpoint work for any task. */
831 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
833 int old_task = b->task;
836 if (old_task != task)
837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
841 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
843 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
845 validate_actionline (&line, b);
848 /* A structure used to pass information through
849 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
853 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
856 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
859 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
860 already-parsed command. */
861 struct command_line *control;
863 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
865 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
872 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
874 struct commands_info *info = data;
876 if (info->cmd == NULL)
878 struct command_line *l;
880 if (info->control != NULL)
881 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
884 struct cleanup *old_chain;
887 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
888 "%s, one per line."),
891 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
893 l = read_command_lines (str,
896 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
899 do_cleanups (old_chain);
902 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
905 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
907 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
909 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
910 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
911 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
912 b->commands = info->cmd;
913 breakpoints_changed ();
914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
919 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
920 struct command_line *control)
922 struct cleanup *cleanups;
923 struct commands_info info;
925 info.from_tty = from_tty;
926 info.control = control;
928 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
929 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
930 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
932 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
934 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
935 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
937 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
938 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
941 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
942 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
943 numbers will fail in this case. */
948 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
953 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
957 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
959 if (info.cmd == NULL)
960 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
962 do_cleanups (cleanups);
966 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
968 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
971 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
972 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
974 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
975 that are part of if and while bodies. */
976 enum command_control_type
977 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
979 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
980 return simple_control;
983 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
986 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
988 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
992 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
993 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
998 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
999 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1001 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1002 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1003 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1004 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1005 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1006 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1007 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1008 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1010 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1013 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1015 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1017 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1019 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1020 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1021 report higher one. */
1024 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1025 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1027 struct bp_location *bl;
1029 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1030 bl = bp_location[bc];
1032 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1033 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1034 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1035 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1037 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1038 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1039 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1041 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1043 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1050 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1051 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1052 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1053 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1054 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1057 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1059 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1060 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1061 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1064 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1067 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1069 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1071 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1072 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1076 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1077 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1078 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1081 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1084 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1085 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1086 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1089 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1091 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1092 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1095 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1097 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1098 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1100 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1101 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1105 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1106 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1110 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1111 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1113 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1115 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1119 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1121 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1122 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1125 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1126 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1131 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1134 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1136 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1137 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1138 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1141 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1145 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1147 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1148 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1151 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1152 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1153 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1154 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1155 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1156 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1157 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1158 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1162 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1164 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1165 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1166 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1169 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1170 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1173 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint *b)
1175 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1177 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1179 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1180 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1181 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1182 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1183 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1185 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1188 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1189 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1190 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1191 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1193 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1195 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1196 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1199 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1200 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1201 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1202 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1203 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1204 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1205 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1206 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1208 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1209 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1210 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1211 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1212 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1213 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1214 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1215 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1218 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1219 hardware watchpoints:
1221 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1222 called several times when GDB stops.
1225 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1226 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1227 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1228 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1229 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1230 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1231 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1232 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1233 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1234 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1235 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1237 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1238 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1241 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1243 int within_current_scope;
1244 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1247 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1249 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1250 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1251 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1252 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1255 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1260 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1261 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1262 within_current_scope = 1;
1265 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1266 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1267 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1269 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1270 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1271 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1272 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1275 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1276 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1277 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1278 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1281 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1283 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1284 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1285 if (within_current_scope)
1289 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1290 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1291 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1294 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1303 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1304 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1305 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1306 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1307 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1308 be completely different objects. */
1309 value_free (b->val);
1313 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1314 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1315 locations (re)created below. */
1316 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1318 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1320 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1325 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1329 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1330 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1331 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1332 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1333 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1334 if ( !target_has_execution)
1336 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1337 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1338 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1340 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1343 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1344 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1346 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1348 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1349 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1350 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1351 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1352 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1354 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1360 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1362 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1363 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1365 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1366 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1367 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1368 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1369 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1371 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1373 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1376 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1377 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1384 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1386 addr = value_address (v);
1387 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1389 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1391 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1394 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1395 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1398 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1400 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1401 loc->address = addr;
1403 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1408 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1409 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1410 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1415 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1416 struct bp_location *bl;
1418 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1422 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1424 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1425 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1426 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1428 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1429 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1430 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1431 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1432 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1433 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1435 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
1436 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1438 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (b->type, &other_type_used);
1439 target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1440 (b->type, i, other_type_used);
1441 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1443 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1444 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1445 int sw_mode = (!b->ops || !b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1446 || b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b));
1448 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1449 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1450 "hardware watchpoint."));
1451 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1452 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1453 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1455 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1458 else if (b->ops && b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1459 && !b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1460 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1461 "read/access watchpoint."));
1463 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1465 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1466 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1467 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1468 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1471 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1473 next = value_next (v);
1478 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1479 above left it without any location set up. But,
1480 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1481 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1482 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1484 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1485 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1486 b->loc->address = -1;
1487 b->loc->length = -1;
1488 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1491 else if (!within_current_scope)
1493 printf_filtered (_("\
1494 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1495 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1500 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1502 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1506 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1507 inserted in the inferior. */
1509 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1511 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1514 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1517 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1520 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1521 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1522 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1523 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1524 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1525 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1526 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1527 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1528 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1531 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1533 if (is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
1539 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1540 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1541 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1543 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1544 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1546 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1547 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1548 int *disabled_breaks,
1549 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1553 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1556 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1557 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1558 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1559 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1560 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1563 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1565 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1567 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1568 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1569 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1571 Two important cases are:
1572 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1573 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1574 hardware breakpoint.
1575 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1576 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1577 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1580 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1581 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1582 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1583 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1585 struct mem_region *mr
1586 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1590 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1592 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1594 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1595 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1597 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1599 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1601 static int said = 0;
1603 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1606 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1607 _("Note: automatically using "
1608 "hardware breakpoints for "
1609 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1614 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1616 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1617 "at readonly address %s"),
1618 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1623 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1624 || bl->section == NULL
1625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1629 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1630 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1633 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1638 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1639 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1640 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1642 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1643 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1644 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1645 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1646 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1650 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1652 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1653 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1654 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1655 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1656 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1659 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1660 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1664 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1665 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1667 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1668 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1669 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1672 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1677 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1678 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1685 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1686 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1688 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1690 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1692 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1698 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1699 "library breakpoints:\n");
1701 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1702 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1703 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1707 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1709 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1711 "Cannot insert hardware "
1717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1721 "Error accessing memory address ");
1722 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1725 safe_strerror (val));
1736 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1737 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1738 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1739 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1741 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1742 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1746 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1747 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1748 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1750 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1752 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1753 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1757 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1758 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1762 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1763 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1770 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1771 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1774 /* Back to the original value. */
1775 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1779 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1782 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1785 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1787 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1790 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1795 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1800 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1804 so just return success. */
1811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1818 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1819 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1824 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b);
1828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1832 struct bp_location *tmp;
1834 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1837 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1838 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1840 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1841 if (tmp->next == loc)
1843 tmp->next = loc->next;
1849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1850 removed locations above. */
1851 update_global_location_list (0);
1854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1855 Throws exception on any error.
1856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1859 insert_breakpoints (void)
1861 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1865 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1867 update_global_location_list (1);
1869 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1870 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1872 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1873 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1876 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1877 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1878 Both return zero if successful,
1879 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1882 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1884 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1885 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1888 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1889 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1891 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1892 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1894 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1895 there was an error. */
1896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1898 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1902 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1905 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1906 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1907 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1908 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1909 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1917 insert breakpoints. */
1918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1922 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1923 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1928 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1929 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1932 int some_failed = 0;
1933 struct bp_location *loc;
1935 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1941 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1944 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1945 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1952 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1954 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1956 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1958 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1966 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1967 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1968 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1970 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1971 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1972 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1975 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1978 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1982 remove_breakpoints (void)
1984 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1990 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1995 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1998 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2002 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2006 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2011 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2020 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2022 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2023 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2025 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2026 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2027 struct inferior *inf;
2028 struct thread_info *tp;
2030 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2034 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2035 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2037 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2039 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2040 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2044 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2050 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2053 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2058 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2062 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2064 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2065 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2066 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2067 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2068 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2069 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2071 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2074 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2077 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2078 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2082 static struct breakpoint *
2083 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2084 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2086 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2087 struct breakpoint *b;
2089 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2092 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2093 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2095 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2096 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2097 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2102 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2104 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2106 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2108 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2111 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2112 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2114 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2115 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2117 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2118 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2120 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2121 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2124 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2126 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2127 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2129 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2132 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2134 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2137 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2138 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2140 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2141 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2143 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2145 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2146 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2148 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2149 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2151 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2152 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2154 return bp_objfile_data;
2158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2160 struct objfile *objfile;
2161 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2165 struct breakpoint *b;
2166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2169 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2174 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2176 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2178 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2182 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2185 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2188 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2189 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2191 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2193 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2195 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2196 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2200 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2201 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2204 update_global_location_list (1);
2208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2210 struct program_space *pspace;
2211 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2213 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2215 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2217 struct objfile *objfile;
2219 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2224 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2227 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2228 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2231 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2233 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2235 struct breakpoint *b;
2236 const char *func_name;
2239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2242 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2243 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2245 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2247 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2254 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2257 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2258 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master);
2259 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2260 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2264 update_global_location_list (1);
2266 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2273 struct program_space *pspace;
2274 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2275 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2277 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2281 struct objfile *objfile;
2284 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2288 struct breakpoint *b;
2289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2291 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2296 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2298 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2300 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2301 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2305 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2308 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2311 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2312 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2313 bp_std_terminate_master);
2314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2319 update_global_location_list (1);
2321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2329 struct objfile *objfile;
2330 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2334 struct breakpoint *b;
2335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2339 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2341 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2344 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2346 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2348 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2350 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2351 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2353 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2357 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2360 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2361 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2363 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master);
2364 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2365 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2368 update_global_location_list (1);
2372 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2374 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2375 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2377 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2378 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2379 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2380 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2381 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2382 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2383 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2384 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2386 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2387 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2391 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2394 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2395 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2397 delete_breakpoint (b);
2401 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2402 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2404 delete_breakpoint (b);
2408 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2409 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2410 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2411 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2412 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2414 delete_breakpoint (b);
2418 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2419 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2421 delete_breakpoint (b);
2425 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2427 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2428 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2430 delete_breakpoint (b);
2434 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2436 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2437 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2438 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2439 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2443 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2444 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2445 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2446 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2447 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2448 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2450 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2451 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2452 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2453 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2454 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2455 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2456 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2458 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2459 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2460 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2461 let finish_command delete it.
2463 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2464 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2465 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2466 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2467 solib breakpoints.) */
2469 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2474 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2475 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2477 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2479 delete_breakpoint (b);
2483 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2484 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2485 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2487 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2491 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2493 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2495 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2496 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2498 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2499 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2501 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2502 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2505 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2509 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2512 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2513 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2515 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2519 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2520 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2521 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2522 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2523 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2526 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2530 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2531 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2533 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2534 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2537 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2538 This should not ever happen. */
2539 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2541 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2542 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2544 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2545 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2546 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2550 || bl->section == NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2553 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2555 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2556 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2558 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2562 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2563 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2564 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2566 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2567 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2569 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2570 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2571 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2572 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2573 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2575 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2576 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2578 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2579 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2582 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2583 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2584 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2585 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2586 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2587 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2590 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2591 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2592 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2593 else if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2594 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2601 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2606 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2607 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2608 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2609 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2614 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2616 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2618 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2619 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2621 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2622 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2624 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2625 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2626 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2629 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2630 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2633 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2634 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2636 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2640 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2647 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2650 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2655 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2656 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2659 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2660 This should not ever happen. */
2661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2663 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2667 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2673 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2676 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2678 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2681 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2685 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2686 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2688 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2691 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2692 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2693 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2698 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2700 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2701 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2703 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2705 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2707 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2714 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2720 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2727 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2728 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2731 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2733 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2735 case bp_shlib_event:
2737 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2738 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2739 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2740 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2741 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2743 (gdb) file prog-linux
2744 (gdb) run # native linux target
2747 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2748 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2751 delete_breakpoint (b);
2755 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2756 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2757 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2759 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2760 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2761 delete_breakpoint (b);
2762 else if (context == inf_starting)
2764 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2765 insert_breakpoints. */
2767 value_free (b->val);
2777 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2778 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2779 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2780 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2783 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2784 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2785 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2786 match, not program space. */
2788 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2789 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2790 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2791 permanent breakpoint.
2792 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2793 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2794 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2795 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2796 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2798 enum breakpoint_here
2799 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2801 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2802 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2806 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2807 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2812 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2813 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2815 if (overlay_debugging
2816 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2817 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2819 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2820 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2822 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2826 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2834 struct bp_location *loc;
2837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2838 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2846 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2847 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2853 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2857 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2858 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2862 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2875 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2876 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2879 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2881 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2884 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2890 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2894 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2901 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2905 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2908 if (overlay_debugging
2909 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2910 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2917 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2925 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2926 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2928 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2932 struct bp_location *loc;
2934 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2935 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2941 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2942 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2946 /* Check for intersection. */
2947 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2948 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2956 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2957 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2960 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2970 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2971 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2974 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2976 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2979 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2982 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
2984 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2985 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2986 it is now time to do so. */
2988 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2989 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
2993 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
2995 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2996 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2997 it is now time to do so. */
2999 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3000 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3016 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3020 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3022 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3025 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3029 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3031 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3032 value_free (bs->old_val);
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3034 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3038 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3039 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3042 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3059 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3060 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3063 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3067 bpstat retval = NULL;
3072 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3074 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3075 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3076 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3077 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3078 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3080 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3081 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3085 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3095 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3098 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3103 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3105 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3111 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3112 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3113 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3114 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3116 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3117 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3119 Return 1 otherwise. */
3122 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3124 struct breakpoint *b;
3127 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3129 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3130 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3131 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3132 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3133 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3135 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3137 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3141 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3144 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3146 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3148 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3149 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3150 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3152 value_free (bs->old_val);
3158 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3161 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3163 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3165 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3167 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3168 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3169 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3170 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3171 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3175 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3178 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3181 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3183 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3186 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3187 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3188 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3189 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3191 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3192 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3193 bpstat of the current thread. */
3196 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3199 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3202 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3204 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3207 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3208 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3210 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3212 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3215 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3216 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3218 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3219 struct command_line *cmd;
3220 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3222 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3224 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3225 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3226 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3227 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3228 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3229 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3230 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3231 the tree when we're done. */
3232 ccmd = bs->commands;
3233 bs->commands = NULL;
3235 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3236 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3237 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3241 execute_control_command (cmd);
3243 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3249 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3250 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3252 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3254 if (target_can_async_p ())
3255 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3256 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3257 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3260 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3261 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3262 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3263 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3264 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3265 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3266 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3267 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3268 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3269 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3270 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3271 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3272 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3277 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3282 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3284 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3285 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3286 && target_has_execution
3287 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3289 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3290 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3291 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3292 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3293 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3297 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3300 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3303 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3306 struct value_print_options opts;
3307 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3308 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3312 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3313 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3314 by having it set different print_it values.
3316 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3317 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3319 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3320 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3322 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3323 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3324 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3325 don't print anything else.
3326 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3327 that something to be followed by a location.
3328 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3329 that something to be followed by a location.
3330 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3333 static enum print_stop_action
3334 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3337 struct breakpoint *b;
3338 const struct bp_location *bl;
3339 struct ui_stream *stb;
3341 enum print_stop_action result;
3343 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
3345 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3346 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3348 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3349 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3354 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3355 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
3356 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3357 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3360 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3362 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3369 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3371 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3372 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3373 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3376 case bp_shlib_event:
3377 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3378 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3379 to shlib event" message.) */
3380 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3381 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3384 case bp_thread_event:
3385 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3386 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3387 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3388 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3391 case bp_overlay_event:
3392 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3394 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3397 case bp_longjmp_master:
3398 /* These should never be enabled. */
3399 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3400 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3403 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3404 /* These should never be enabled. */
3405 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3406 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3410 case bp_exception_master:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3413 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3414 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3419 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3427 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3429 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3430 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3431 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3434 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3437 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3443 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3444 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3445 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3446 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3448 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3451 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3452 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3454 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3461 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3462 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3476 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3477 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3478 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3479 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3482 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3490 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3498 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3503 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3505 case bp_exception_resume:
3506 case bp_step_resume:
3507 case bp_hp_step_resume:
3508 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3510 case bp_std_terminate:
3512 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
3515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
3517 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3521 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3531 static enum print_stop_action
3532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3534 switch (bs->print_it)
3537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3543 relevant messages. */
3544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3547 case print_it_normal:
3549 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3551 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3552 which has since been deleted. */
3554 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3556 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3557 print_it_typical. */
3558 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3559 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3561 return print_it_typical (bs);
3566 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3567 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3572 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3573 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3574 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3603 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3604 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3610 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3611 with and nothing was printed. */
3612 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3615 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3616 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3617 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3618 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3621 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3623 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3624 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3626 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3630 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3633 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3637 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3639 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3640 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3641 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3642 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3643 incref_bp_location (bl);
3644 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3645 bs->commands = NULL;
3646 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3648 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3652 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3653 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3656 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3658 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3660 struct breakpoint *b;
3662 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3664 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3665 as not triggered. */
3667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3668 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3673 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
3675 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3676 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3679 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3681 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3684 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3685 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3689 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3691 struct bp_location *loc;
3693 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3694 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc->owner))
3698 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3699 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3701 if (newaddr == start)
3703 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3707 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3708 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
3712 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3721 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3722 because of check_errors). */
3723 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3724 #define WP_DELETED 1
3725 /* The value has changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3727 /* The value has not changed. */
3728 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3729 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3732 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3733 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3735 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3738 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3739 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3742 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3744 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3745 struct breakpoint *b;
3746 struct frame_info *fr;
3747 int within_current_scope;
3749 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3750 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3751 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3753 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
3755 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3756 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3757 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3758 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3761 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3762 within_current_scope = 1;
3765 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3766 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3767 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3769 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3770 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3771 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3772 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3773 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3774 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3775 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3776 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3777 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3778 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3781 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3782 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3784 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3785 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3786 if (within_current_scope)
3788 struct symbol *function;
3790 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3791 if (function == NULL
3792 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3793 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3794 within_current_scope = 0;
3797 if (within_current_scope)
3798 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3799 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3804 if (within_current_scope)
3806 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3807 time before we return to the command level and call
3808 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3809 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3813 struct value *new_val;
3815 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3816 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3817 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3818 a mask watchpoint. */
3819 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3821 mark = value_mark ();
3822 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3824 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3825 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3826 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3827 not what we want. */
3828 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3829 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3831 if (new_val != NULL)
3833 release_value (new_val);
3834 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3836 bs->old_val = b->val;
3839 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3843 /* Nothing changed. */
3844 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3845 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3850 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3851 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3852 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3853 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3854 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3855 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3856 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3857 the first value assigned). */
3858 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3859 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3860 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3861 information here. */
3862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3864 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3866 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3868 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3869 which its expression is valid.\n");
3871 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3872 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
3873 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3879 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3880 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3881 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3883 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3884 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3886 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3888 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3889 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3891 if (b->ops && b->ops->breakpoint_hit)
3892 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3894 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3896 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3899 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3900 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3903 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3906 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3917 (did not match the data address). */
3919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3920 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3923 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3925 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3927 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3936 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3937 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3942 const struct bp_location *bl;
3943 struct breakpoint *b;
3945 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3946 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3947 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3948 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3949 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3951 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3953 int must_check_value = 0;
3955 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3956 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3958 must_check_value = 1;
3959 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3960 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3961 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3963 must_check_value = 1;
3964 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3965 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3966 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3967 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3968 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3969 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3970 must_check_value = 1;
3972 if (must_check_value)
3975 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3977 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3978 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3980 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3985 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3989 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3992 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3993 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3995 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3997 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3998 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3999 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4000 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4001 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4002 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4003 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4006 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4007 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4010 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4011 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4012 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4013 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4015 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4016 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4017 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4020 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4021 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4022 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4023 changes. This still gives false positives when
4024 the program writes the same value to memory as
4025 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4026 it for a read), but it's much better than
4029 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4031 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4033 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4036 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4037 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4038 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
4039 == watch_triggered_yes))
4041 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4046 if (other_write_watchpoint
4047 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4049 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4050 and the value changed since the last time we
4051 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4053 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4058 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4059 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4060 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4062 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4063 the value hasn't changed. */
4064 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4072 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4073 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
4074 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4075 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4076 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4080 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4082 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4083 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4084 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4085 anything for this watchpoint. */
4086 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4093 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4094 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4095 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4098 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4100 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4101 const struct bp_location *bl;
4102 struct breakpoint *b;
4104 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4105 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4106 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4107 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4108 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4110 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4111 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4115 int value_is_zero = 0;
4116 struct expression *cond;
4118 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4119 method implemented. */
4120 if (b->py_bp_object)
4121 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4123 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4128 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4130 int within_current_scope = 1;
4132 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4133 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4134 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4135 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4137 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4139 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4140 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4141 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4142 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4143 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4145 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4146 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4149 struct frame_info *frame;
4151 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4152 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4153 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4154 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4155 really matter which instantiation of the function
4156 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4157 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4158 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4159 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4160 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4161 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4162 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4163 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4165 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
4167 select_frame (frame);
4169 within_current_scope = 0;
4171 if (within_current_scope)
4173 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4174 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4178 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4179 "in the current scope"));
4180 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4181 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4184 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4185 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4188 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4192 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4196 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4199 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4201 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4209 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4210 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4212 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4213 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4216 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4218 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4220 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4221 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4222 several reasons concurrently.)
4224 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4225 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4228 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4231 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4232 struct bp_location *bl;
4233 struct bp_location *loc;
4234 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4235 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4236 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4239 int need_remove_insert;
4242 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4243 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4244 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4245 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4246 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4247 inferior function calls. */
4251 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4254 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4256 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4257 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4258 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4259 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4260 checked all locations already. */
4261 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4264 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4267 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4270 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4273 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4276 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4277 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4278 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4282 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4283 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4284 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4286 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4287 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4291 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4295 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4299 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4303 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4304 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4305 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4309 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4314 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4318 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4320 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4321 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4322 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
4323 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
4324 /* We do not stop for these. */
4327 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4334 /* We will stop here. */
4335 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4337 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4338 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4343 bs->commands = b->commands;
4344 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4345 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4346 if (bs->commands_left
4347 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4350 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4352 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4357 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4358 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4359 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4362 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4363 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4364 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4366 need_remove_insert = 0;
4367 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4368 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4370 && bs->breakpoint_at
4371 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4373 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4374 need_remove_insert = 1;
4377 if (need_remove_insert)
4378 update_global_location_list (1);
4379 else if (removed_any)
4380 update_global_location_list (0);
4386 handle_jit_event (void)
4388 struct frame_info *frame;
4389 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4391 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4392 breakpoint_re_set. */
4393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4395 frame = get_current_frame ();
4396 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4398 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4400 target_terminal_inferior ();
4403 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4405 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4408 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4410 struct bpstat_what retval;
4411 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4412 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4413 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4414 int shlib_event = 0;
4418 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4419 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4420 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4422 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4424 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4425 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4426 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4429 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4431 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4432 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4435 else if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4438 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4451 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4453 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4460 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4461 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4465 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4467 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4471 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4472 This requires no further action. */
4477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4478 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4480 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4481 case bp_exception_resume:
4482 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4483 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4485 case bp_step_resume:
4487 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4490 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4491 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4494 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4496 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4499 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4503 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4504 case bp_thread_event:
4505 case bp_overlay_event:
4506 case bp_longjmp_master:
4507 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4508 case bp_exception_master:
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4521 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4522 This requires no further action. */
4525 case bp_shlib_event:
4528 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4529 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4530 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4531 loaded objects (among other things). */
4532 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4533 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4535 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4542 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4543 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4544 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4545 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4547 case bp_std_terminate:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4551 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4554 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4555 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4556 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4557 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4559 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4560 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4562 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4563 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4564 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4566 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4567 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4568 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4572 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4573 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4576 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4579 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4580 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4587 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4588 to be adding them automatically. */
4590 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4591 breakpoint_re_set. */
4592 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4595 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
4597 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
4600 target_terminal_inferior ();
4606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4608 handle_jit_event ();
4611 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4613 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4631 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4632 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4633 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4636 bpstat_should_step (void)
4638 struct breakpoint *b;
4641 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4647 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4649 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4658 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4659 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4660 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4663 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4665 static char wrap_indent[80];
4666 int i, total_width, width, align;
4670 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4672 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4674 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4675 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4676 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4681 total_width += width + 1;
4687 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4690 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4691 struct bp_location *loc)
4693 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4695 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4699 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4701 if (b->display_canonical)
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4703 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4706 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4709 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4711 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4712 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4713 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4714 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4721 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4722 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4725 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4728 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4732 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4733 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4735 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4737 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4739 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4748 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4750 struct ep_type_description
4755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4757 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4758 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_until, "until"},
4761 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4762 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4767 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4768 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4769 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4770 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4771 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4790 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4791 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4796 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4803 struct bp_location *loc,
4805 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4808 struct command_line *l;
4809 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4811 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4813 struct value_print_options opts;
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4817 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4822 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4823 header_of_multiple = 1;
4831 if (part_of_multiple)
4834 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4845 if (part_of_multiple)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4852 if (part_of_multiple)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4860 if (part_of_multiple)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4869 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4875 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4881 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts.addressprint)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4905 case bp_exception_resume:
4906 case bp_step_resume:
4907 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4908 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4910 case bp_std_terminate:
4911 case bp_shlib_event:
4912 case bp_thread_event:
4913 case bp_overlay_event:
4914 case bp_longjmp_master:
4915 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4916 case bp_exception_master:
4918 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4919 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4922 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4923 if (opts.addressprint)
4926 if (header_of_multiple)
4927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4928 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4929 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4931 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4932 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4935 if (!header_of_multiple)
4936 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4943 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4946 && !header_of_multiple
4948 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4949 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4950 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4951 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4952 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4953 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4955 struct inferior *inf;
4958 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4960 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4965 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4968 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4974 if (!part_of_multiple)
4976 if (b->thread != -1)
4978 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4979 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4980 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4981 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4983 else if (b->task != 0)
4985 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ops && b->ops->print_one_detail)
4993 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4995 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id)
4997 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
4999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
5000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5001 b->static_trace_marker_id);
5002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5005 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5009 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5011 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5012 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5016 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
5018 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5019 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5020 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5030 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5038 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5047 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5059 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5067 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5070 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5073 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5090 else if (b->exp_string)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5097 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5100 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5102 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5121 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5123 struct bp_location *loc;
5126 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5128 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2);
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5140 int print_address_bits = 0;
5141 struct bp_location *loc;
5143 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5152 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5153 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5154 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5157 return print_address_bits;
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5169 struct breakpoint *b;
5170 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5174 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5185 char **error_message)
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5193 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5205 return b->number > 0;
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5217 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5219 struct breakpoint *b;
5220 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5222 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5223 struct value_print_options opts;
5224 int print_address_bits = 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter && !filter (b))
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5242 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5244 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5248 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5250 int addr_bit, type_len;
5252 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5253 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5254 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5256 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5257 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5258 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5264 if (opts.addressprint)
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts.addressprint)
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5294 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter && !filter (b))
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5318 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5320 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5325 else /* all others */
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5333 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5345 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5348 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5355 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5390 default_collect_info ();
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5398 if (num_printed == 0)
5400 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5403 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5410 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5412 default_collect_info ();
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5417 struct program_space *pspace,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5420 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5422 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5424 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5425 && bl->address == pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5438 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5439 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5442 struct breakpoint *b;
5445 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5457 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b->thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5463 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5464 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5466 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5470 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5486 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5488 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5490 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5511 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5513 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5521 struct bp_location *loc2)
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5536 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5537 loc1->owner->cond_exp))
5538 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5541 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5542 loc2->owner->cond_exp)))
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5552 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5553 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5554 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5564 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5567 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5578 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5582 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5583 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5593 struct address_space *aspace,
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5600 bl->address, bl->length,
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5610 struct bp_location *loc2)
5612 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5618 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5619 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5621 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5628 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5629 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5634 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5641 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5664 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5692 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5694 static struct bp_location *
5695 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5697 struct bp_location *loc;
5699 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5700 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5704 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5713 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5715 case bp_exception_resume:
5716 case bp_step_resume:
5717 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5718 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5720 case bp_std_terminate:
5721 case bp_shlib_event:
5722 case bp_thread_event:
5723 case bp_overlay_event:
5725 case bp_longjmp_master:
5726 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5727 case bp_exception_master:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5730 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5732 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5733 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5736 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5737 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5738 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5743 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5744 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5745 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5748 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5756 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5761 if (loc->function_name)
5762 xfree (loc->function_name);
5767 /* Increment reference count. */
5770 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5775 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5776 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5779 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5781 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5783 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5784 free_bp_location (*blp);
5788 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint that has
5789 type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5790 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5793 static struct breakpoint *
5794 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5797 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
5799 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
5800 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5803 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5804 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5805 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5807 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5810 b->ignore_count = 0;
5812 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5813 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
5814 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
5815 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = NULL;
5817 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5818 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5819 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5821 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5822 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5824 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5826 breakpoint_chain = b;
5836 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5837 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5841 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5843 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5845 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5846 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5847 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5851 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5852 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5854 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5856 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5858 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5859 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5860 &loc->requested_address))
5862 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5863 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5864 loc->requested_address,
5867 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5868 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5870 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5871 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5872 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5876 if (loc->function_name)
5877 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5881 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5882 static struct gdbarch *
5883 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5886 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5888 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5893 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5894 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5895 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5896 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5897 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5898 is also returned as the value of this function.
5900 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5901 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5902 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5903 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5904 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5905 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5906 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5909 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5910 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5912 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch,
5914 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5915 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5917 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5919 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5921 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5922 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5924 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5925 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5926 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5927 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5928 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5929 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5930 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
5933 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5934 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5935 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5936 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5937 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5939 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5940 breakpoint resetting. */
5941 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5943 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5944 b->source_file = NULL;
5946 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5947 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5948 b->line_number = sal.line;
5950 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc,
5951 sal.explicit_pc || sal.explicit_line);
5953 breakpoints_changed ();
5959 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5960 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5962 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5964 struct bp_location *bl;
5966 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5968 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5969 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5970 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5971 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5972 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
5973 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5977 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5978 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5979 initiated the operation. */
5982 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5984 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5985 int thread = tp->num;
5987 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5988 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5989 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5990 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5992 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5993 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5994 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5996 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
5998 clone->type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5999 clone->thread = thread;
6002 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6005 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6007 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6009 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6011 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6012 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6014 if (b->thread == thread)
6015 delete_breakpoint (b);
6020 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6022 struct breakpoint *b;
6025 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6027 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6028 update_global_location_list (1);
6029 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6034 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6036 struct breakpoint *b;
6039 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6041 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6042 update_global_location_list (0);
6043 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6047 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6048 master breakpoint. */
6050 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6052 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6054 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6055 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6056 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6058 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6059 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
6063 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6065 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6067 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6069 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6070 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6071 delete_breakpoint (b);
6075 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6077 struct breakpoint *b;
6079 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
6081 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6082 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6084 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6086 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6092 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6094 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6097 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6098 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6099 delete_breakpoint (b);
6102 struct lang_and_radix
6108 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6111 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6113 struct breakpoint *b;
6115 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
6116 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6120 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6123 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6125 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6127 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6128 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6129 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6130 delete_breakpoint (b);
6134 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6136 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6139 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6140 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6141 delete_breakpoint (b);
6145 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6147 struct breakpoint *b;
6149 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
6150 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6154 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6155 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6158 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6160 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6162 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6164 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6165 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6167 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6168 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6169 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6170 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6171 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6172 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6173 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6174 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6175 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6176 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6177 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6179 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6181 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6185 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6190 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6191 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6195 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6197 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6198 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6200 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6201 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6202 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6203 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6204 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6205 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6208 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6210 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6211 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6213 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6214 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
6215 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6216 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6217 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6218 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6219 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6220 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6222 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6223 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6224 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6225 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6228 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6229 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6231 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6233 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6234 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6235 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6238 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6243 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6245 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6249 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6251 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6254 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6258 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6260 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6263 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6267 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6268 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6270 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->forked_inferior_pid);
6273 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6276 static enum print_stop_action
6277 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6279 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6280 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6281 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6282 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6285 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6289 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6291 struct value_print_options opts;
6293 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6295 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6296 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6298 if (opts.addressprint)
6299 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6302 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6304 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6305 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6306 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6307 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6311 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6315 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6317 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6320 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6324 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6326 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6329 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6331 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
6335 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
6336 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6337 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6338 print_it_catch_fork,
6339 print_one_catch_fork,
6340 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6341 print_mention_catch_fork,
6342 print_recreate_catch_fork
6345 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6349 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6351 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6354 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6358 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6360 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6363 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6367 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6368 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6370 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->forked_inferior_pid);
6373 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6376 static enum print_stop_action
6377 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6379 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6380 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6381 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6382 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6385 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6389 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6391 struct value_print_options opts;
6393 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6394 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6395 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6397 if (opts.addressprint)
6398 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6400 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6401 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6403 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6404 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6405 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6406 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6410 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6414 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6416 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6419 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6423 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6428 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6430 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
6434 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
6435 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6436 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6437 print_it_catch_vfork,
6438 print_one_catch_vfork,
6439 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6440 print_mention_catch_vfork,
6441 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6444 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6448 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6450 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6452 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6453 if (!bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6454 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6460 VEC_iterate (int, bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6465 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6467 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6468 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6469 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6471 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6472 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6474 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6475 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6477 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6478 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6482 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6483 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6484 inf->any_syscall_count,
6485 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6486 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6489 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6493 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6495 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6497 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6498 if (!bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6499 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6505 VEC_iterate (int, bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6509 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6510 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6512 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6513 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6517 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6518 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6519 inf->any_syscall_count,
6520 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6522 inf->syscalls_counts));
6525 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6529 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6530 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6532 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6533 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6534 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6535 int syscall_number = 0;
6536 const struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
6538 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6541 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6542 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6547 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6549 if (syscall_number == iter)
6559 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6562 static enum print_stop_action
6563 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6565 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6566 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6567 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6568 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6570 struct target_waitstatus last;
6572 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6575 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6577 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6579 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6582 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6584 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6586 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6588 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6589 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6590 b->number, syscall_id);
6591 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6592 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6593 b->number, syscall_id);
6595 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6597 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6600 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6604 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6605 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6607 struct value_print_options opts;
6609 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6610 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6611 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6613 if (opts.addressprint)
6614 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6617 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught
6618 && VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6619 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6621 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6623 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6626 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6629 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6634 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6637 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6639 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6641 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6642 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6646 /* Remove the last comma. */
6647 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6648 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6651 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6655 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6659 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6661 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6665 if (VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6666 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6668 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6671 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6675 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6678 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6680 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6682 printf_filtered (")");
6685 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6689 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6693 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6697 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6702 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6707 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6716 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6718 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6720 insert_catch_syscall,
6721 remove_catch_syscall,
6722 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6723 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6724 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6725 print_it_catch_syscall,
6726 print_one_catch_syscall,
6727 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6728 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6729 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6732 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6735 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6737 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6740 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6741 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6742 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6743 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6745 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6746 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6747 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6748 to the catchpoint. */
6750 static struct breakpoint *
6751 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6753 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6755 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6756 struct breakpoint *b;
6759 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6761 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint);
6762 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6763 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6765 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6767 b->addr_string = NULL;
6768 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6769 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6775 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6777 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6778 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6779 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6780 to the catchpoint. */
6782 static struct breakpoint *
6783 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6784 char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6786 struct breakpoint *b =
6787 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6790 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6791 update_global_location_list (1);
6797 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6798 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6799 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6801 struct breakpoint *b
6802 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6804 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6806 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6809 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6812 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6814 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6818 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6820 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6824 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6825 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6827 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &bl->owner->exec_pathname);
6830 static enum print_stop_action
6831 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6833 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6834 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6836 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6840 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6842 struct value_print_options opts;
6844 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6846 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6847 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6848 is relatively readable). */
6849 if (opts.addressprint)
6850 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6852 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6853 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
6855 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6856 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
6857 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6862 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6864 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6867 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6871 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6876 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
6880 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
6881 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6882 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6883 print_it_catch_exec,
6884 print_one_catch_exec,
6885 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6886 print_mention_catch_exec,
6887 print_recreate_catch_exec
6891 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6892 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6894 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6895 struct breakpoint *b =
6896 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6898 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6900 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6903 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6904 update_global_location_list (1);
6908 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6911 struct breakpoint *b;
6912 struct bp_location *bl;
6916 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6917 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6919 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6921 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
6922 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6932 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6935 struct breakpoint *b;
6936 struct bp_location *bl;
6938 *other_type_used = 0;
6941 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6944 if (b->type == type)
6945 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6947 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6949 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
6950 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6954 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6955 *other_type_used = 1;
6962 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6964 struct breakpoint *b;
6968 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6970 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
6971 update_global_location_list (0);
6977 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6979 struct breakpoint *b;
6983 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6985 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6986 update_global_location_list (1);
6992 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6994 struct breakpoint *b;
6999 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7002 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7003 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7004 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7006 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7012 update_global_location_list (0);
7014 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7018 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7020 struct breakpoint *b;
7023 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7027 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7030 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7031 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7032 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
7034 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7040 breakpoint_re_set ();
7044 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7045 at address specified by SAL.
7046 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7049 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7050 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7052 struct breakpoint *b;
7054 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7056 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7058 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7059 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7060 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7061 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7063 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7064 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7066 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7067 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7069 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7074 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7078 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7080 struct breakpoint *copy;
7082 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7086 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
7087 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7088 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7090 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7091 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7092 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7093 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7094 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7096 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
7097 copy->source_file = NULL;
7099 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
7101 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
7102 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7103 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7104 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7106 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7107 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7108 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7110 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7115 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7118 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7120 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7122 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7123 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7125 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7129 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7132 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7135 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
7136 struct value_print_options opts;
7138 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7140 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
7141 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7146 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7150 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
7151 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7152 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7153 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7154 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7155 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7157 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7158 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7159 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7160 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7161 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7162 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7163 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7165 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7166 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7167 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
7168 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7169 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7170 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7171 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7173 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7174 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7175 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
7176 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7177 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7178 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7179 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7182 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7188 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7189 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7191 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7192 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7193 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
7194 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7197 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7203 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
7207 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7212 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7213 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7216 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7222 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7223 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7226 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7227 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7232 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7233 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7240 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7242 case bp_exception_resume:
7243 case bp_step_resume:
7244 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7246 case bp_std_terminate:
7247 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7248 case bp_shlib_event:
7249 case bp_thread_event:
7250 case bp_overlay_event:
7252 case bp_longjmp_master:
7253 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7254 case bp_exception_master:
7255 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7261 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7265 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
7269 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
7271 printf_filtered (" at ");
7272 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
7276 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7277 b->source_file, b->line_number);
7281 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7283 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7285 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
7290 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7292 printf_filtered ("\n");
7296 static struct bp_location *
7297 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7298 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7300 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7302 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7303 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7306 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7308 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7309 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7310 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7311 loc->requested_address, b->type);
7312 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7313 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7314 loc->section = sal->section;
7316 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7317 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7322 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7323 return 0 otherwise. */
7326 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7330 const gdb_byte *brk;
7331 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7332 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7335 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7337 addr = loc->address;
7338 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7340 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7344 target_mem = alloca (len);
7346 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7347 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7348 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7349 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7351 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7352 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7354 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7355 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7358 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7365 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7366 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7367 as condition expression. */
7370 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7371 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7373 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7374 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7375 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7376 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7378 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
7381 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7383 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7384 int target_resources_ok =
7385 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7387 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7388 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7389 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7390 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7393 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7395 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7397 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7398 struct bp_location *loc;
7402 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7404 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7406 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7407 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7412 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7413 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7417 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7418 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7419 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7420 b->disposition = disposition;
7421 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7423 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7425 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7427 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7429 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7430 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7431 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7436 p = skip_spaces (p);
7438 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7440 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7441 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7443 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7445 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7447 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7449 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7450 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7452 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7454 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7457 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7458 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7461 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7462 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7463 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7464 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7470 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7473 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7474 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7478 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7479 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7481 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7485 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7487 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7489 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7492 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7495 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7496 notify observers. */
7499 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7502 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7503 elements to fill the void space. */
7505 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7507 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7508 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7510 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7511 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7516 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7517 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7518 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7519 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7520 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7521 single expanded sal, return the original.
7523 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7524 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7525 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7526 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7527 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7529 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7530 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7532 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7533 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7534 char *original_function = NULL;
7537 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7539 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7540 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7541 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7544 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7545 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7551 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7553 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7555 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7557 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7558 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7560 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7562 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7563 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7564 xfree (expanded.sals);
7566 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7567 sal.pc = original_pc;
7568 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7569 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7570 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7574 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7576 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7577 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7579 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7580 char *this_function;
7582 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7584 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7586 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7587 &func_addr, &func_end))
7590 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7592 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7599 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7600 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7601 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7603 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7605 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7607 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7608 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7611 xfree (expanded.sals);
7613 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7614 sal.pc = original_pc;
7615 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7622 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7623 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7634 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7635 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7636 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7637 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7638 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7639 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7640 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7641 we take just a single condition string.
7643 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7644 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7645 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7646 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7647 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7650 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7651 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7652 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7654 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7655 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7656 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7657 int enabled, int internal)
7661 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7663 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7664 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7666 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7667 cond_string, type, disposition,
7668 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7669 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7670 canonical->special_display);
7674 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7675 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7676 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7677 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7679 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7680 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7683 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7684 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7685 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7687 char *addr_start = *address;
7689 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7691 if ((*address) == NULL
7692 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7694 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7696 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7698 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7699 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7700 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7701 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7702 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7703 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7704 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7705 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7707 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7708 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7709 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7710 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7711 with the same symtab and line. */
7712 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7714 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7718 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7722 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7723 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7724 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7725 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7727 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7728 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7730 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7732 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7734 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7735 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7736 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7737 default_breakpoint_line, canonical);
7739 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7742 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7743 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7744 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7745 if (addr_start != (*address))
7749 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7751 /* Add the string if not present. */
7752 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7753 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7754 (*address) - addr_start);
7760 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7761 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7764 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7768 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7769 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7772 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7773 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7774 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7775 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7776 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7780 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7781 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7784 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7786 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7788 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7790 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7792 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7794 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7797 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7798 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7800 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7804 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7805 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7806 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7807 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7808 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7809 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7811 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7812 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7814 *cond_string = NULL;
7820 char *cond_start = NULL;
7821 char *cond_end = NULL;
7823 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7825 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7827 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7829 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7831 struct expression *expr;
7833 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7834 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7837 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7838 cond_end - cond_start);
7840 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7846 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7848 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7849 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7850 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7852 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7858 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7860 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7861 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7862 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7865 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7869 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7871 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7872 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7874 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7875 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7876 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7878 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7879 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7884 p = skip_spaces (p);
7886 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7888 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7889 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7891 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7892 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7893 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7895 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7896 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7898 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7900 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7902 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7904 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7906 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7907 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7909 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7912 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7918 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7919 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7920 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7921 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7922 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7923 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7924 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7925 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7926 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7930 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7931 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7932 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7933 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7935 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7936 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7937 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7939 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7940 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7941 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
7943 char *addr_start = arg;
7944 struct linespec_result canonical;
7945 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7946 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7950 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7954 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7956 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7960 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7962 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7963 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
7964 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7965 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7969 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7971 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
7974 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7978 throw_exception (e);
7982 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7984 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7987 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7988 throw_exception (e);
7990 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7992 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7993 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7994 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7995 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7996 "future shared library load? ")))
7999 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8000 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8001 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8002 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8003 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8004 canonical.canonical = ©_arg;
8006 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
8011 throw_exception (e);
8021 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8022 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8026 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8027 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
8029 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8030 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
8033 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8034 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8035 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8036 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8037 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8039 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8040 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8041 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8043 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
8044 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
8047 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8048 are ok for the target. */
8050 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
8052 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8053 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8054 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
8056 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8057 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8061 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8063 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8064 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8065 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8066 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8069 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8072 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8076 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8079 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8080 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8084 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8085 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8086 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8087 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8088 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8089 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8090 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
8091 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
8095 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8097 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
8098 struct breakpoint *tp;
8099 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8102 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8103 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
8104 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
8106 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical.canonical[i],
8107 cond_string, type_wanted,
8108 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8109 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8110 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8111 canonical.special_display);
8113 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8115 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8117 tp = get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number);
8119 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count);
8120 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
8122 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8123 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8124 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8125 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8126 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8127 corresponds to this one */
8128 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
8132 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
8134 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8135 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
8140 struct breakpoint *b;
8142 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8144 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
8145 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8147 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
8148 b->cond_string = NULL;
8149 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8150 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8151 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8153 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8154 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8155 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
8157 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
8158 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
8159 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
8160 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
8163 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8164 but do notify observers. */
8166 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8171 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8172 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8173 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8176 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8178 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8179 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8180 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8182 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8183 update_global_location_list (1);
8188 /* Set a breakpoint.
8189 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8190 condition, and thread.
8191 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8192 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8196 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8198 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8199 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8200 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8203 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8205 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8206 tempflag, type_wanted,
8207 0 /* Ignore count */,
8208 pending_break_support,
8209 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
8216 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8219 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8223 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8225 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8226 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8227 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8230 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8231 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8232 if (sal->explicit_line)
8233 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8236 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8238 struct blockvector *bv;
8242 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8245 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8248 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8249 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8253 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8254 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8255 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8256 happen in assembly source). */
8258 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8259 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8261 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8263 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8265 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8267 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8274 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8276 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8280 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8282 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8286 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8288 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8292 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8294 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8298 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8300 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8301 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8302 stop at <line>\n"));
8306 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8310 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8312 else if (*arg != '*')
8317 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8318 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8319 function/method name. */
8320 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8322 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8327 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8329 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8333 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8335 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8339 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8343 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8350 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8351 it is probably a line number. */
8352 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8354 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8359 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8361 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8365 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8367 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8370 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8371 ranged breakpoints. */
8374 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8375 struct address_space *aspace,
8378 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8379 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8382 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8383 ranged breakpoints. */
8386 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8388 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8391 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8392 ranged breakpoints. */
8394 static enum print_stop_action
8395 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8397 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8399 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8401 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8402 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8404 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8405 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8406 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8408 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8409 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8411 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8412 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8413 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8415 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8416 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8418 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8421 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8422 ranged breakpoints. */
8425 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8426 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8428 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8429 struct value_print_options opts;
8431 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8432 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8434 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8436 if (opts.addressprint)
8437 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8438 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8439 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8441 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8445 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8446 ranged breakpoints. */
8449 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8450 struct ui_out *uiout)
8452 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8453 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8454 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8455 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8459 address_start = bl->address;
8460 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8462 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8463 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8464 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8465 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8466 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8469 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8472 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8473 ranged breakpoints. */
8476 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8478 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8481 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8483 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8486 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8487 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8488 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8491 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8492 ranged breakpoints. */
8495 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8498 b->addr_string_range_end);
8501 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8503 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops =
8507 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint,
8508 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint,
8509 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
8510 print_it_ranged_breakpoint,
8511 print_one_ranged_breakpoint,
8512 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint,
8513 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint,
8514 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8517 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8518 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8519 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8520 last instruction of the given line. */
8523 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8527 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8528 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8529 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8536 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8538 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8540 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8547 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8550 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8552 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8553 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8554 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8556 struct breakpoint *b;
8557 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8558 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8559 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8561 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8562 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8563 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8565 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8566 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8567 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8570 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8572 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8573 error(_("No address range specified."));
8575 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8576 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8577 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8579 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8582 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8584 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8585 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8586 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8587 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8588 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8591 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8592 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8593 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8594 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8595 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8597 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8599 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8600 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8603 /* Parse the end location. */
8605 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8607 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8610 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8611 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8612 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8613 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8614 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8615 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8618 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8619 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8620 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8621 /* Add the string if not present. */
8622 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8623 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8625 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8626 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8627 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8628 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8629 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8631 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8632 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8633 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8634 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8636 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8638 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8639 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8640 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8642 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8644 /* Length overflowed. */
8645 error (_("Address range too large."));
8646 else if (length == 1)
8648 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8649 the `hbreak' command. */
8650 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8652 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8657 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8658 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8659 bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8660 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8661 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8662 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8663 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8664 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8665 b->ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8666 b->loc->length = length;
8668 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8671 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8672 update_global_location_list (1);
8675 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8676 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8677 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8680 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8688 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8689 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8692 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8702 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8703 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8704 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8705 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8706 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8708 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8724 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8736 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8739 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8740 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8743 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8744 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8745 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8746 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8748 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8749 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8754 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8756 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8757 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8758 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8759 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8761 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8762 are always constant. */
8764 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8766 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8767 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8768 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8773 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8774 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8775 then it is not a constant. */
8784 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8787 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8789 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8791 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8792 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8795 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8798 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8800 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8802 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8803 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8806 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8807 hardware watchpoints. */
8810 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8812 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8814 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8817 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8818 hardware watchpoints. */
8821 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8823 return b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8826 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8828 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
8832 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8833 resources_needed_watchpoint,
8834 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint,
8835 NULL, /* print_it */
8836 NULL, /* print_one */
8837 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
8838 NULL, /* print_mention */
8839 NULL /* print_recreate */
8842 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8843 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8846 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8848 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8849 bl->watchpoint_type);
8852 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8853 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8856 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8858 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8859 bl->watchpoint_type);
8862 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8863 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8866 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8868 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address,
8869 bl->owner->hw_wp_mask);
8872 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8873 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8876 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8881 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8882 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8884 static enum print_stop_action
8885 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8887 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8888 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8892 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8893 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8894 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8897 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8900 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8901 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8904 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8907 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8908 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8911 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8914 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8915 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8919 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8920 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8921 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8922 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8924 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8925 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8928 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8929 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8932 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8933 struct ui_out *uiout)
8935 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8936 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8938 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8939 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, b->hw_wp_mask);
8940 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8943 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8944 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8947 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8949 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8953 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8954 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8955 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8957 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8958 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8959 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8961 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8962 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8963 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8966 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8967 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8970 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8971 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8972 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
8973 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8976 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8977 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8980 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8986 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8987 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8989 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8990 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8992 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8993 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8996 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8997 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9000 sprintf_vma (tmp, b->hw_wp_mask);
9001 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", b->exp_string, tmp);
9004 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9006 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
9008 insert_masked_watchpoint,
9009 remove_masked_watchpoint,
9010 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9011 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint,
9012 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint,
9013 print_it_masked_watchpoint,
9014 NULL, /* print_one */
9015 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint,
9016 print_mention_masked_watchpoint,
9017 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9020 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9023 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9025 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9028 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9029 hw_read: watch read,
9030 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9032 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9033 int just_location, int internal)
9035 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9036 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9037 struct expression *exp;
9038 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9039 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9040 struct frame_info *frame;
9041 char *exp_start = NULL;
9042 char *exp_end = NULL;
9043 char *tok, *end_tok;
9045 char *cond_start = NULL;
9046 char *cond_end = NULL;
9047 enum bptype bp_type;
9050 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9051 the hardware watchpoint. */
9055 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9056 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9060 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9061 of the arguments string. */
9062 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9064 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9065 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9068 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9069 This is the value of the parameter. */
9070 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9072 value_start = tok + 1;
9074 /* Skip whitespace. */
9075 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9080 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9081 This is the parameter itself. */
9082 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9085 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9087 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9089 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9090 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9091 only in a specific thread. */
9095 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9097 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9098 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9100 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9102 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9103 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9105 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9106 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9107 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9109 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9111 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9112 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9114 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9117 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9119 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9121 mark = value_mark ();
9122 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9123 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9124 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9127 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9130 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9131 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9136 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9137 innermost_block = NULL;
9139 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9141 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9142 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9144 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9147 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9148 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9152 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9153 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9155 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9158 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9159 mark = value_mark ();
9160 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9166 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9167 val = value_addr (result);
9168 release_value (val);
9169 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9173 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9176 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9178 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9181 else if (val != NULL)
9182 release_value (val);
9184 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9185 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9187 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9188 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9190 struct expression *cond;
9192 innermost_block = NULL;
9193 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9194 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9196 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9197 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9198 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9204 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9206 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9207 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9208 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9209 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9211 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9213 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9215 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9216 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9217 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9218 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9219 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9221 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9224 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9225 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9226 bp_watchpoint_scope);
9228 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9230 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9231 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9233 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9234 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9236 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9237 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9238 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9239 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9240 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9241 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9242 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9243 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9244 scope_breakpoint->type);
9248 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9249 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
9251 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9253 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9254 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9257 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9258 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9261 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9262 name = type_to_string (t);
9264 b->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9265 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9268 b->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9269 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9271 /* The above expression is in C. */
9272 b->language = language_c;
9275 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9279 b->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9280 b->ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9286 b->ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9290 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9296 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9297 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9301 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9302 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9305 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9307 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9308 need to act on them together. */
9309 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9310 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9314 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9316 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9318 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9319 that should be inserted. */
9320 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
9324 delete_breakpoint (b);
9325 throw_exception (e);
9328 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
9330 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9331 notify observers. */
9334 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9336 update_global_location_list (1);
9339 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9340 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9343 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9345 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9346 struct value *head = v;
9348 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9349 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9352 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9353 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9354 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9355 hardware watchpoint.
9357 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9358 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9359 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9360 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9361 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9362 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9363 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9364 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9365 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9367 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9368 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9369 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9370 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9371 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9373 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9375 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9376 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9377 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9378 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9379 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9380 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9384 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9385 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9386 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9388 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9389 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9390 middle of some value chain. */
9392 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9393 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9395 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9399 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9400 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9401 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9403 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9407 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9411 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9412 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9413 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9414 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9415 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9418 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9419 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9420 return found_memory_cnt;
9424 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9426 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9429 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9430 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9431 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9432 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9435 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9437 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9438 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9446 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9447 calls watch_command_1. */
9450 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9452 int just_location = 0;
9455 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9456 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9458 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9462 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9466 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9468 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9472 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9474 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9478 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9480 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9484 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9486 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9490 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9492 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9496 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9497 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9499 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9501 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9502 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9506 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9507 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9508 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9511 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
9513 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9515 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9517 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9518 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9522 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9524 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9525 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9526 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9527 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9528 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9529 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9531 struct thread_info *tp;
9533 clear_proceed_status ();
9535 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9538 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
9539 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
9540 default_breakpoint_line, NULL);
9542 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9544 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9545 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9548 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9551 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9553 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9556 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9557 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9558 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9559 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9561 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9562 only at the very same frame. */
9563 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9564 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9567 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9569 tp = inferior_thread ();
9572 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9575 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9577 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9578 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9579 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9581 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9583 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9585 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9586 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9589 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9591 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9592 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9593 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9594 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9596 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9598 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9599 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9601 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9602 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9603 args->thread_num = thread;
9605 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9606 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9607 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9611 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9614 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9615 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9617 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9618 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9619 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9620 if clause in the arg string. */
9623 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9627 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9630 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9633 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9634 condition string. */
9635 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9638 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9640 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9645 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9646 process start/exit, etc. */
9650 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9651 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9656 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9657 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9659 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9660 char *cond_string = NULL;
9661 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9664 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9665 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9666 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9670 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9672 /* The allowed syntax is:
9674 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9676 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9677 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9679 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9680 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9682 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9683 and enable reporting of such events. */
9686 case catch_fork_temporary:
9687 case catch_fork_permanent:
9688 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9689 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9691 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9692 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9693 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9694 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9697 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9703 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9704 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9706 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9708 char *cond_string = NULL;
9710 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9714 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9716 /* The allowed syntax is:
9718 catch exec if <cond>
9720 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9721 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9723 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9724 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9726 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9727 and enable reporting of such events. */
9728 create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9729 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9732 static enum print_stop_action
9733 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9735 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9737 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9739 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9740 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9741 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9744 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9746 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9748 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9749 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9751 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9752 : " (exception caught), ");
9753 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9755 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9756 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9757 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9758 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9760 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9764 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9765 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9767 struct value_print_options opts;
9769 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9770 if (opts.addressprint)
9773 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9774 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9776 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9777 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9782 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9783 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9785 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9789 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9794 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9795 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9796 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9797 : _("Catchpoint "));
9798 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9799 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9803 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9804 catch catchpoints. */
9807 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9813 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9814 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9819 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
9822 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9823 NULL, /* resources_needed */
9824 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
9825 print_it_exception_catchpoint,
9826 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
9827 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
9828 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
9829 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9833 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9834 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9836 char *trigger_func_name;
9838 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9839 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9841 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9843 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9844 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9845 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9846 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9848 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9849 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9856 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9859 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9860 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9862 char *cond_string = NULL;
9866 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9868 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9870 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9871 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9873 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9874 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9875 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9877 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9880 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9883 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9886 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9888 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9890 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9893 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9896 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9898 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9900 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9903 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9906 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9907 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9911 struct expression *cond,
9912 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9916 struct breakpoint *b;
9920 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9922 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9924 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9925 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9926 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9927 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9928 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9929 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9930 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9931 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9932 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9933 enough for now, though. */
9936 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint);
9937 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9939 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9940 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9941 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9942 b->ignore_count = 0;
9943 b->loc->cond = cond;
9944 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9945 b->language = language_ada;
9946 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9947 b->exp_string = exp_string;
9952 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9953 update_global_location_list (1);
9956 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
9959 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
9960 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9962 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9964 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9965 char *addr_string = NULL;
9966 char *exp_string = NULL;
9967 char *cond_string = NULL;
9968 struct expression *cond = NULL;
9969 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
9971 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9975 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
9976 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
9977 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string,
9978 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
9982 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
9984 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
9986 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
9987 VEC_free (int, iter);
9990 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9991 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9993 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9995 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9996 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
9998 while (*arg != '\0')
10000 int i, syscall_number;
10002 char cur_name[128];
10005 /* Skip whitespace. */
10006 while (isspace (*arg))
10009 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10010 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10011 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10014 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10015 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10016 if (*endptr == '\0')
10017 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10020 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10022 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10024 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10025 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10026 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10027 syscall number to be caught. */
10028 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10031 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10032 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10035 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10039 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10042 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10043 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10048 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10050 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10051 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10052 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10053 this architecture yet."));
10055 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10057 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10059 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10060 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10061 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10062 for his/her architecture. */
10063 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10065 /* The allowed syntax is:
10067 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10069 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10072 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10076 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10077 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10080 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10083 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
10084 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10086 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10088 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10089 char *addr_string = NULL;
10090 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
10092 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10096 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
10097 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL,
10098 ops, tempflag, from_tty);
10102 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10104 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10109 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10111 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10114 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10117 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10119 struct breakpoint *b;
10120 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10123 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10124 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10129 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10134 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10135 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10136 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10137 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10138 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
10139 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
10140 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
10141 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
10142 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10143 error (_("No source file specified."));
10145 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10151 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10152 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10153 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10154 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10156 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10157 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10158 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10159 due to optimization, all in one block.
10161 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10162 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10163 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10164 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10165 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10166 to support that. */
10168 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10169 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10170 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10174 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10176 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10177 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10178 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10181 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10186 1 0 <can't happen> */
10188 sal = sals.sals[i];
10190 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10194 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10195 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10197 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10198 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10200 int pc_match = sal.pc
10201 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10202 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10203 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10204 || loc->section == sal.section);
10205 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10206 && b->source_file != NULL
10207 && sal.symtab != NULL
10208 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10209 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10210 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10211 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10212 if (pc_match || line_match)
10221 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10224 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10225 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10228 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10230 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10233 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10234 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10237 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10238 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10240 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10242 breakpoints_changed ();
10244 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10247 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10248 delete_breakpoint (b);
10251 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10254 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10255 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10256 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10259 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10261 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10263 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10264 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10265 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10267 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10269 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10271 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10272 delete_breakpoint (b);
10276 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10277 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10278 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10279 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10280 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10281 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10284 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10286 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10287 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10288 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10289 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10290 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10292 if (a->address != b->address)
10293 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10295 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10296 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10297 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10299 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10300 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10302 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10303 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10304 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10306 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10309 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10310 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10311 content of the bp_location array. */
10314 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10316 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10318 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10319 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10321 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10323 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10325 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10328 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10329 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10331 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10332 addr = bl->address - start;
10333 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10334 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10336 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10338 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10339 addr = end - bl->address;
10340 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10341 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10345 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10346 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10347 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10348 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10349 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10350 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10351 returns true on them.
10353 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10354 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10355 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10356 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10357 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10358 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10361 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10363 struct breakpoint *b;
10364 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10365 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10367 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10368 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10369 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10370 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10371 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10373 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10374 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10375 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10376 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10378 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10379 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10380 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10381 unsigned old_location_count;
10383 old_location = bp_location;
10384 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10385 bp_location = NULL;
10386 bp_location_count = 0;
10387 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10390 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10391 bp_location_count++;
10393 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10394 locp = bp_location;
10395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10396 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10398 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10399 bp_location_compare);
10401 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10403 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10404 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10405 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10406 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10407 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10410 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10411 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10413 locp = bp_location;
10414 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10417 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10418 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10420 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10421 not, we have to free it. */
10422 int found_object = 0;
10423 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10424 int keep_in_target = 0;
10427 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10428 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10429 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10430 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10434 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10435 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10438 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10445 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10446 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10447 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10448 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10449 at certain location is not inserted. */
10451 if (old_loc->inserted)
10453 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10456 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10458 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10459 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10460 keep_in_target = 1;
10464 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10465 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10466 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10467 this one from the target. */
10469 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10470 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10473 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10474 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10477 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10479 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10481 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10482 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10484 loc2->duplicate = 0;
10486 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10487 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10488 supported, but the latter are. */
10489 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10491 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10492 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10495 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
10497 loc2->inserted = 1;
10498 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
10499 keep_in_target = 1;
10507 if (!keep_in_target)
10509 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10511 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10512 this location on the global list, and try to
10513 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10514 reason why we will succeed next time.
10516 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10517 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10518 only after calling us. */
10519 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10520 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10521 old_loc->owner->number);
10529 if (removed && non_stop
10530 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10531 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10533 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10534 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10535 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10536 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10537 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10538 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10539 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10540 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10541 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10542 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10543 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10544 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10545 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10546 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10549 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10550 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10552 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10553 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10554 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10555 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10556 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10557 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10558 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10559 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10560 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10561 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10562 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10563 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10564 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10567 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10568 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10569 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10570 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10572 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10573 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10574 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10575 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10576 traps we can no longer explain. */
10578 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10579 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10581 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10585 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10586 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10591 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10592 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10593 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10594 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10595 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10596 are sorted first for the same address.
10598 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10599 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10601 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10602 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10603 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10604 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10605 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10607 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10609 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10610 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10612 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10613 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10614 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10616 || loc->shlib_disabled
10617 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10618 || is_tracepoint (b))
10621 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10622 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10623 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10624 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10625 "actually inserted"));
10627 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10628 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10629 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10630 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10631 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10632 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10634 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10636 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10637 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10638 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10640 *loc_first_p = loc;
10641 loc->duplicate = 0;
10645 loc->duplicate = 1;
10647 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10648 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10649 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10650 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10651 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10654 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10655 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10656 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10657 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10659 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10663 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10665 struct bp_location *loc;
10668 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10669 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10671 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10672 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10678 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10680 struct gdb_exception e;
10682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10683 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10686 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10689 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10693 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10694 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10696 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10697 bs->old_val = NULL;
10698 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10702 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10704 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10706 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10708 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10712 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10716 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10718 struct breakpoint *b;
10720 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
10722 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10723 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10726 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10727 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10728 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10729 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10730 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10733 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10734 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10735 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10736 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10738 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
10741 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10742 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10743 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
10745 struct breakpoint *related;
10747 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10748 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt->related_breakpoint);
10749 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10750 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt);
10752 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10753 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
10754 related = related->related_breakpoint);
10755 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
10756 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
10759 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10760 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10761 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10762 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10764 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
10766 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
10767 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
10769 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10770 if (b->next == bpt)
10772 b->next = bpt->next;
10776 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
10777 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
10778 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
10779 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
10780 xfree (bpt->addr_string_range_end);
10782 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
10783 xfree (bpt->exp_string_reparse);
10784 value_free (bpt->val);
10785 xfree (bpt->source_file);
10786 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
10787 clean_up_filters (&bpt->syscalls_to_be_caught);
10790 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10792 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10793 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10794 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10795 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10796 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10797 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10798 commands won't work. */
10800 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
10802 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10803 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10804 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10805 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10806 might be better design to have location completely
10807 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10808 update_global_location_list (0);
10811 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10812 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10813 bpt->type = bp_none;
10819 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
10821 delete_breakpoint (b);
10825 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10827 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
10830 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10831 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10834 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
10835 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10839 struct breakpoint *related;
10844 struct breakpoint *next;
10846 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10847 next = related->related_breakpoint;
10849 if (next == related)
10851 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10852 function (related, data);
10854 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10855 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10860 function (related, data);
10864 while (related != b);
10868 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10870 delete_breakpoint (b);
10873 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10874 delete_breakpoint. */
10877 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10879 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10883 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10885 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10891 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
10893 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
10894 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
10895 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10896 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10897 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
10899 breaks_to_delete = 1;
10903 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10905 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10907 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10908 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
10909 delete_breakpoint (b);
10913 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10917 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
10919 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10920 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
10925 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10926 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10927 Null names are ignored. */
10930 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
10932 struct bp_location *l;
10933 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
10934 (int (*) (const void *,
10935 const void *)) streq,
10936 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
10938 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
10941 const char *name = l->function_name;
10943 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
10947 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
10949 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
10953 htab_delete (htab);
10959 htab_delete (htab);
10963 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
10964 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
10965 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
10966 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
10967 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
10968 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
10969 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
10970 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
10973 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
10974 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
10975 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
10976 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
10977 in the sources, and output a warning.
10979 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
10980 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
10981 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
10982 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
10983 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
10986 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
10987 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
10988 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
10989 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
10990 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
10991 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
10992 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
10993 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
10994 precisely because it confuses tools). */
10996 static struct symtab_and_line
10997 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
10999 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11005 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11007 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11009 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11010 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11012 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11014 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11015 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11016 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11021 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11023 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11025 && sal.symtab != NULL
11026 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11028 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11031 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11033 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11035 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11036 struct symbol *sym;
11037 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11039 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11041 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11042 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11044 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11045 "found at previous line number"),
11046 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id);
11050 sal.pc = marker->address;
11052 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11053 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11054 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11057 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11058 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11059 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11061 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11062 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11064 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11066 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11069 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11072 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11073 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11075 b->line_number = sal.line;
11077 xfree (b->source_file);
11079 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11081 b->source_file = NULL;
11083 xfree (b->addr_string);
11084 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11085 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11087 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11090 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11096 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11097 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11100 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11104 if (a->address != b->address)
11107 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11110 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11117 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11123 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11124 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11125 a ranged breakpoint. */
11128 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11129 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11130 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11133 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11135 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11136 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11138 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11139 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11140 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11141 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11142 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11143 individual locations. */
11144 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11149 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11151 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11152 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11154 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11156 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11159 struct gdb_exception e;
11161 s = b->cond_string;
11162 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11164 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11169 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11170 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11171 b->number, e.message);
11172 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11176 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11177 xfree (b->source_file);
11178 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11179 b->source_file = NULL;
11181 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11183 if (b->line_number == 0)
11184 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11186 if (sals_end.nelts)
11188 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11190 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11194 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11195 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11196 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11198 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11201 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11202 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11203 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11204 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11205 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11206 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11207 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11209 for (; e; e = e->next)
11211 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11213 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11214 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11216 for (; l; l = l->next)
11217 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11225 for (; l; l = l->next)
11226 if (l->function_name
11227 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11237 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11238 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11240 update_global_location_list (1);
11243 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11244 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11246 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11247 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11251 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11252 struct gdb_exception e;
11255 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11257 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11261 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11262 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11264 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11268 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id);
11271 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11275 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11276 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11277 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11278 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11279 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11280 state, then user already saw the message about that
11281 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11283 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11284 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11285 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11286 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11287 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11289 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11291 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11292 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11293 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11294 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11295 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11296 which approach is better. */
11297 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11298 throw_exception (e);
11302 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11304 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
11306 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
11307 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11309 char *cond_string = 0;
11313 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11314 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11316 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11317 b->thread = thread;
11319 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11322 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11323 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11333 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11334 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11335 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11338 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11341 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11342 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11343 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11344 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11346 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11347 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11348 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11349 set_language (b->language);
11351 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11354 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11355 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
11358 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11360 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11363 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11364 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
11368 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11369 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11372 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11373 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11374 Unused in this case. */
11377 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
11379 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11380 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
11385 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11388 case bp_breakpoint:
11389 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11390 case bp_tracepoint:
11391 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11392 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11393 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11394 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11395 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
11398 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11400 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11401 delete_breakpoint (b);
11405 re_set_breakpoint (b);
11408 case bp_watchpoint:
11409 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11410 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11411 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11412 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11413 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11415 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11416 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11417 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11418 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11420 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11421 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11422 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11423 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11424 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11425 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11428 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11429 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11430 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11431 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11433 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11434 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11436 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11437 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11438 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
11440 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11441 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11443 case bp_catchpoint:
11447 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
11449 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11450 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11451 case bp_overlay_event:
11452 case bp_longjmp_master:
11453 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11454 case bp_exception_master:
11455 delete_breakpoint (b);
11458 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11459 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11460 case bp_shlib_event:
11462 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11463 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11464 case bp_thread_event:
11466 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11467 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11468 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11469 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11470 rerun the executable. */
11473 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
11474 case bp_call_dummy:
11475 case bp_std_terminate:
11476 case bp_step_resume:
11477 case bp_hp_step_resume:
11479 case bp_longjmp_resume:
11481 case bp_exception_resume:
11483 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
11490 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11492 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11494 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11495 enum language save_language;
11496 int save_input_radix;
11497 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11499 save_language = current_language->la_language;
11500 save_input_radix = input_radix;
11501 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
11503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11505 /* Format possible error msg. */
11506 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11508 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
11509 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
11510 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11512 set_language (save_language);
11513 input_radix = save_input_radix;
11515 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11517 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11525 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11527 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11528 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11530 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
11532 if (b->thread != -1)
11534 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
11535 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
11537 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11538 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11539 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11541 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
11545 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11546 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11547 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11550 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
11552 struct breakpoint *b;
11557 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11558 if (b->number == bptnum)
11560 if (is_tracepoint (b))
11562 if (from_tty && count != 0)
11563 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11568 b->ignore_count = count;
11572 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11573 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11575 else if (count == 1)
11576 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11579 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11580 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11583 breakpoints_changed ();
11584 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11588 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
11591 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11594 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11600 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11602 num = get_number (&p);
11604 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
11606 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11608 set_ignore_count (num,
11609 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
11612 printf_filtered ("\n");
11615 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11616 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11619 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11624 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
11626 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
11629 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11631 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
11633 while (!state.finished)
11635 char *p = state.string;
11639 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
11642 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
11646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
11647 if (b->number == num)
11650 function (b, data);
11654 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
11659 static struct bp_location *
11660 find_location_by_number (char *number)
11662 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
11666 struct breakpoint *b;
11667 struct bp_location *loc;
11672 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
11674 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11677 if (b->number == bp_num)
11682 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
11683 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11686 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
11688 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
11692 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
11695 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
11701 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11702 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11703 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11706 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11708 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11709 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11710 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11711 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11714 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11715 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11718 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11720 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11721 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11723 struct bp_location *location;
11725 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11726 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
11729 update_global_location_list (0);
11731 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11734 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11737 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11739 disable_breakpoint (b);
11742 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11743 disable_breakpoint. */
11746 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11748 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11752 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11756 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11759 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11760 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
11762 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11764 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11768 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11769 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11770 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11771 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
11773 update_global_location_list (0);
11776 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11780 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
11782 int target_resources_ok;
11784 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11787 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11788 target_resources_ok =
11789 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
11791 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
11792 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11793 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
11794 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11797 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
11799 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11800 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
11801 struct gdb_exception e;
11803 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11805 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
11806 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11807 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
11811 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
11812 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11818 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11819 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11821 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11822 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11824 struct bp_location *location;
11826 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11827 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
11830 bpt->disposition = disposition;
11831 update_global_location_list (1);
11832 breakpoints_changed ();
11834 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11839 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11841 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
11845 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11847 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11850 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11851 enable_breakpoint. */
11854 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11856 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11859 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11860 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11861 in stopping the inferior. */
11864 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11868 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11871 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11872 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11874 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11876 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11880 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11881 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11882 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11883 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
11885 update_global_location_list (1);
11888 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11892 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11894 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
11896 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
11900 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
11902 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
11904 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
11908 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11910 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
11914 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
11916 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
11918 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
11922 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11924 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11928 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
11933 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
11937 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11938 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
11942 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
11943 const bfd_byte *data)
11945 struct breakpoint *bp;
11947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
11948 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
11949 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
11950 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
11952 struct bp_location *loc;
11954 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
11955 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
11956 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
11957 && addr + len > loc->address)
11959 value_free (bp->val);
11966 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
11968 struct symtabs_and_lines
11969 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
11971 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11974 error (_("Empty line specification."));
11975 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
11976 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
11977 default_breakpoint_symtab,
11978 default_breakpoint_line,
11981 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
11982 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11984 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
11988 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
11989 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
11990 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
11991 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
11995 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11996 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
11998 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12000 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12002 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12003 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12005 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12007 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12015 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12016 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12019 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12021 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12024 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12030 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12033 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12034 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12036 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12039 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12040 struct address_space *aspace,
12045 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12047 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12048 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12052 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12053 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12054 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12057 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12058 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12059 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12060 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12061 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12062 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12064 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12065 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12066 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12067 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12070 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12071 were inserted or not. */
12074 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12076 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12077 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12080 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12083 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12085 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12087 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12089 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12090 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12091 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12092 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12094 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12096 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12097 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12098 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12099 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12103 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12104 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12105 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12109 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12113 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12114 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12116 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12117 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12118 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12122 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12126 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12130 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12131 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12132 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12133 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12136 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12140 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12145 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12147 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12149 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12150 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12158 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12159 non-zero otherwise. */
12161 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12163 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12164 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12165 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12172 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12174 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12176 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12180 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12182 struct breakpoint *bp;
12184 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12185 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12187 if (bp->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12191 VEC_iterate (int, bp->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12193 if (syscall_number == iter)
12203 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12205 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12206 char *text, char *word)
12208 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12210 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12216 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12218 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12220 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12222 tracepoint_count = num;
12223 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12227 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12229 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12231 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12233 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12234 0 /* Ignore count */,
12235 pending_break_support,
12240 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12244 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12246 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12248 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12250 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12251 0 /* Ignore count */,
12252 pending_break_support,
12257 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12260 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12263 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12265 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12267 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12269 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12270 0 /* Ignore count */,
12271 pending_break_support,
12276 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12279 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12280 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12282 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12283 static int next_cmd;
12286 read_uploaded_action (void)
12290 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12297 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12298 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12299 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12300 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12301 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12303 struct breakpoint *
12304 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12306 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12307 struct breakpoint *tp;
12309 if (utp->at_string)
12310 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12313 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12314 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12315 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12317 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12318 "source location, using raw address"),
12320 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12321 addr_str = small_buf;
12324 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12325 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12326 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12327 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12330 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12332 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12334 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12335 0 /* Ignore count */,
12336 pending_break_support,
12339 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12343 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12345 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12346 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12347 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12351 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
12353 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12356 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12357 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12358 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12360 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12362 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12367 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12369 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
12371 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12372 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12373 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12374 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12380 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12384 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12388 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12390 if (num_printed == 0)
12392 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12393 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12395 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12398 default_collect_info ();
12401 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12402 Not supported by all targets. */
12404 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12406 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12409 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12410 Not supported by all targets. */
12412 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12414 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12417 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12419 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12421 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12427 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12429 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12430 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12431 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12433 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12434 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12436 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12440 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12442 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12445 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12446 delete_breakpoint (b);
12450 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12453 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12456 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint *bp, int count, int from_tty)
12458 bp->pass_count = count;
12459 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp->number);
12461 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12462 bp->number, count);
12465 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12467 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12468 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12469 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12472 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12474 struct breakpoint *t1;
12475 unsigned int count;
12477 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
12478 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12479 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12481 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12483 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
12486 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
12488 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12490 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12492 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1)
12494 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12497 else if (*args == '\0')
12499 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
12501 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12505 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12507 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12508 while (!state.finished)
12510 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
12512 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12517 struct breakpoint *
12518 get_tracepoint (int num)
12520 struct breakpoint *t;
12522 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12523 if (t->number == num)
12529 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12530 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12533 struct breakpoint *
12534 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
12536 struct breakpoint *t;
12538 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12539 if (t->number_on_target == num)
12545 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12546 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12547 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12548 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12549 struct breakpoint *
12550 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
12551 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
12554 extern int tracepoint_count;
12555 struct breakpoint *t;
12557 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
12561 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
12562 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
12564 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
12567 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
12569 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12572 tpnum = get_number (arg);
12576 if (instring && *instring)
12577 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12580 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12581 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12585 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12586 if (t->number == tpnum)
12591 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
12595 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12596 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12597 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12601 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
12602 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
12604 struct breakpoint *tp;
12607 struct cleanup *cleanup;
12608 struct ui_file *fp;
12609 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
12611 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
12612 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12614 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12617 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12618 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12621 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12622 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12627 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
12629 extra_trace_bits = 1;
12631 /* We can stop searching. */
12638 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12642 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
12643 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
12644 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
12646 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12647 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
12648 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
12650 if (extra_trace_bits)
12651 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
12653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12655 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12656 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12659 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12660 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12663 if (tp->ops != NULL && tp->ops->print_recreate != NULL)
12664 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
12667 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12668 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12669 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12670 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12671 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
12672 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12673 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12674 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12675 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12677 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12678 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12680 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12681 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12682 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
12683 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12684 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12685 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12686 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12687 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
12688 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12689 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
12691 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12692 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12694 if (tp->exp_string)
12695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
12696 else if (tp->addr_string)
12697 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12702 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
12703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
12707 if (tp->thread != -1)
12708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
12711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
12713 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
12715 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12716 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12719 if (tp->cond_string)
12720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
12722 if (tp->ignore_count)
12723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
12725 if (tp->pass_count)
12726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12730 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
12732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
12734 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
12735 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12737 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
12739 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
12742 throw_exception (ex);
12744 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
12747 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
12748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
12750 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12751 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12752 special, and not user visible. */
12753 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
12755 struct bp_location *loc;
12758 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
12760 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
12764 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
12765 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
12767 do_cleanups (cleanup);
12769 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
12772 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12775 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12777 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
12780 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12783 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12785 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
12788 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12790 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
12791 all_tracepoints (void)
12793 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
12794 struct breakpoint *tp;
12796 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
12798 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
12805 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12806 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12807 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12809 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12810 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12811 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12812 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12813 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12814 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12815 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12816 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12818 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12819 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12821 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12822 conditions are different.\n\
12824 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12826 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12827 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
12829 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12830 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
12832 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12833 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12835 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
12836 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
12837 struct cmd_list_element *command),
12838 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12839 char *text, char *word),
12840 void *user_data_catch,
12841 void *user_data_tcatch)
12843 struct cmd_list_element *command;
12845 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12847 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12848 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
12849 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12851 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12853 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12854 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
12855 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12859 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
12861 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
12862 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
12863 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
12867 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12869 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12870 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12871 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
12874 struct breakpoint *
12875 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
12878 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12880 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12882 if ((*callback) (b, data))
12890 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12892 struct cmd_list_element *c;
12894 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
12895 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
12896 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
12898 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
12900 breakpoint_chain = 0;
12901 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12902 before a breakpoint is set. */
12903 breakpoint_count = 0;
12905 tracepoint_count = 0;
12907 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
12908 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12909 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12911 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
12913 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
12914 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12915 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12916 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12917 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12918 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12919 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12920 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12922 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
12923 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12924 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12925 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12927 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
12928 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12929 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12930 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12931 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12933 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12934 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12936 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
12937 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12938 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12939 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12941 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
12942 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12944 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
12945 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12946 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12947 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
12949 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
12950 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12952 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12953 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12954 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12955 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12956 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12957 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
12958 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
12960 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12961 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12962 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12963 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12964 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12965 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
12967 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
12969 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12970 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12971 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12972 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12973 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
12974 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
12976 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
12977 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12978 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12981 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
12982 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12983 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12986 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
12987 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12988 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12991 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
12992 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12993 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12996 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
12997 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12998 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12999 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13000 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
13001 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13002 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13003 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13005 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13006 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13007 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13008 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13009 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
13011 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13012 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13013 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13014 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13015 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
13016 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13019 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13020 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13021 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13022 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13024 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13025 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13026 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13027 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13028 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13030 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13031 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13032 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13033 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13035 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13036 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13037 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13038 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13039 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13042 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13043 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13044 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13045 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13046 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13047 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13049 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13050 is executing in.\n\
13052 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13053 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13055 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13056 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13057 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13058 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13060 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13061 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13062 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13063 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13066 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13070 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13071 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13072 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13073 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13074 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13075 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13076 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13077 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13078 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13079 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13080 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13081 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13082 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13083 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13084 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13085 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13087 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13088 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13089 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13090 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13091 breakpoint set."));
13094 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13095 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13096 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13097 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13098 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13099 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13100 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13101 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13102 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13104 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13105 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13106 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13107 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13108 breakpoint set."));
13110 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13113 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13114 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13115 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13116 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13117 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13118 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13119 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13120 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13121 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13123 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13124 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13125 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13126 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13127 breakpoint set."));
13129 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13130 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13131 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13132 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13133 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13134 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13135 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13136 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13137 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13138 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13139 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13140 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13141 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13143 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13144 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13145 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13146 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13148 &maintenanceinfolist);
13150 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13151 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13152 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13153 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13155 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13156 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13157 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13158 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13160 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13161 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13162 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13163 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13164 catch_catch_command,
13168 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13169 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13170 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13171 catch_throw_command,
13175 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13176 catch_fork_command_1,
13178 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13179 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13180 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13181 catch_fork_command_1,
13183 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13184 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13185 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13186 catch_exec_command_1,
13190 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13191 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13192 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13193 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13194 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13195 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13196 catch_syscall_command_1,
13197 catch_syscall_completer,
13200 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13201 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13202 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13203 catch_ada_exception_command,
13207 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13208 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13209 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13210 catch_assert_command,
13215 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13216 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13217 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13218 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13219 an expression changes.\n\
13220 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13221 the memory to which it refers."));
13222 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13224 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13225 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13226 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13227 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13228 an expression is read.\n\
13229 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13230 the memory to which it refers."));
13231 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13233 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13234 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13235 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13236 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13237 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13238 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13239 the memory to which it refers."));
13240 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13242 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13243 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13245 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13246 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13247 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13248 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13249 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13250 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13251 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13252 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13253 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13256 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13257 &setlist, &showlist);
13259 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13261 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13263 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13264 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13266 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13267 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13268 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13270 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13271 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13272 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13273 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13275 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13276 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13278 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13279 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13280 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13282 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13283 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13285 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13286 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13287 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13288 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13289 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13290 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13291 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13292 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13293 the selected stack frame.\n\
13294 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13295 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13296 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13297 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13299 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13301 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13302 conditions are different.\n\
13304 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13305 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13306 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13308 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13309 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13310 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13311 last tracepoint set."));
13313 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13315 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13316 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13317 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13318 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13321 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13322 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13323 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13324 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13326 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
13328 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
13329 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13330 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13331 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13333 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
13335 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
13336 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13337 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13338 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13339 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13341 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
13342 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13343 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
13344 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13346 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
13347 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13348 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13349 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13350 session to restore them."),
13352 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13354 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
13355 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13356 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13358 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13360 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
13361 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
13363 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13364 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13365 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13366 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13367 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
13368 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
13369 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13370 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13371 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13372 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13373 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
13374 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
13376 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
13377 &pending_break_support, _("\
13378 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13379 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13380 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13381 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13382 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13383 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13385 show_pending_break_support,
13386 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13387 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13389 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
13391 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
13392 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
13393 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13394 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13395 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13396 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13397 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13399 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
13400 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13401 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13403 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
13404 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
13405 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13406 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13407 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13408 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13409 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13410 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13411 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13412 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13413 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13414 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13416 &show_always_inserted_mode,
13417 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13418 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13420 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
13421 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13422 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13423 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13424 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13425 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13426 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13427 or the start of the range\n\
13428 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13429 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13430 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13432 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13433 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13434 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13436 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
13438 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);